1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
83 #include "common/array-view.h"
84 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
97 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
99 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
102 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
103 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
104 enum bptype type_wanted
);
106 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
107 struct linespec_result
*,
108 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
109 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
111 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
114 int, int, int, unsigned);
116 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
117 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
118 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
121 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
123 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
125 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
128 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
129 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
131 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
134 struct symtab_and_line
,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
138 static struct breakpoint
*
139 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
151 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
152 struct obj_section
*, int);
154 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
155 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
157 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
158 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
161 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
162 const address_space
*,
165 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
166 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
168 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
170 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
172 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
176 int *other_type_used
);
178 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
181 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
182 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
183 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
185 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
187 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
188 insert locations now. */
189 enum ugll_insert_mode
191 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
192 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
193 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
194 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
195 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
196 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
197 returns true on them.
199 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
200 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
201 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
202 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
203 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
204 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
208 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
209 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
212 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
213 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
214 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
215 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
216 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
217 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
218 as no thread is running yet. */
222 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
224 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
226 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
228 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
230 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
232 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
234 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
236 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
238 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
241 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
244 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
245 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
248 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
251 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
252 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
254 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
256 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
258 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
259 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
261 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
262 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
264 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
265 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
266 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
267 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
268 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
269 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
271 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
272 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
273 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
274 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
280 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
282 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
283 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
284 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
285 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
287 static char *dprintf_function
;
289 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
290 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
291 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
292 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
293 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
294 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
295 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
297 static char *dprintf_channel
;
299 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
301 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
303 struct command_line
*
304 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
306 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
309 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
310 current breakpoint. */
312 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
315 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
317 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
318 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
320 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
322 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
325 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
326 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
327 if such is available. */
328 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
331 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
332 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
335 fprintf_filtered (file
,
336 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
337 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
341 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
342 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
343 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
345 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
347 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
348 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
351 fprintf_filtered (file
,
352 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
353 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
357 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
358 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
359 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
360 use hardware breakpoints. */
361 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
363 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
364 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
367 fprintf_filtered (file
,
368 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
372 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
373 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
374 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
375 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
376 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
377 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
378 processing user input. */
379 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
382 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
383 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
385 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
392 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
394 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
396 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
397 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
398 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
401 else if (target_has_execution
)
403 struct thread_info
*tp
;
405 if (always_inserted_mode
)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
419 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto
,
433 condition_evaluation_host
,
434 condition_evaluation_target
,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
453 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target
;
458 return condition_evaluation_host
;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count
;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count
;
579 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
580 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
581 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
589 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
593 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
604 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
612 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
613 breakpoint_count
= num
;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num
)
655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
658 if (b
->number
== num
)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
672 struct bp_location
*loc
;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
685 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
686 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
707 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
715 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
717 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
729 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
738 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
760 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
775 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
778 fprintf_filtered (file
,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
795 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
796 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
798 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
801 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location
**
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
813 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
814 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
842 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
843 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
847 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
849 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
853 struct bp_location
*loc
;
855 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
872 const char *arg
= exp
;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
877 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
881 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
883 innermost_block
.reset ();
885 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
892 struct bp_location
*loc
;
894 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
899 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
914 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
915 const char *text
, const char *word
)
919 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
920 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
924 struct breakpoint
*b
;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
943 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
946 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
955 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
963 struct breakpoint
*b
;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
976 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1008 struct command_line
*c
;
1010 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1014 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1015 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1016 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1018 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1019 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1021 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1022 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1023 command directly. */
1024 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1025 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1027 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1028 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1032 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1034 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1037 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1040 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1042 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1043 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1044 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1048 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1050 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1054 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1056 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1059 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1062 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1063 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1067 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1068 b
= new tracepoint ();
1069 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1070 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1072 b
= new breakpoint ();
1074 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1077 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1078 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1082 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1083 struct command_line
*commands
)
1085 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1087 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1088 struct command_line
*c
;
1089 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1091 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1092 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1096 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1097 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1098 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1099 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1100 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1101 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1102 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1103 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1104 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1105 tracepoint's context. */
1106 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1108 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1110 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1113 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1114 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1115 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1118 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1119 "can be used only once"));
1124 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1128 struct command_line
*c2
;
1130 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1131 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1132 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1134 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1141 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1145 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1146 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1149 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1151 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1152 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1153 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1156 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1158 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1159 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1160 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1166 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1167 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1170 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1171 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1175 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1176 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1179 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1180 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1184 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1186 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1189 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1193 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1197 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1199 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1202 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1206 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1207 breakpoint work for any task. */
1210 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1212 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1215 if (old_task
!= task
)
1216 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1220 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1222 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1224 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1228 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1229 struct command_line
*control
)
1231 counted_command_line cmd
;
1233 std::string new_arg
;
1235 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1237 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1238 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1240 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1241 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1242 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1245 map_breakpoint_numbers
1246 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1250 if (control
!= NULL
)
1251 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1255 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1256 "%s, one per line."),
1259 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1,
1261 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1266 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1268 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1270 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1272 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1278 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1280 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1283 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1284 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1286 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1287 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1288 enum command_control_type
1289 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1291 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1292 return simple_control
;
1295 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1298 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1300 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1304 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1305 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1310 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1311 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1314 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1315 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1316 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1319 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1320 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1321 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1322 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1323 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1325 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1326 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1330 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1331 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1333 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1337 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1339 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1340 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1342 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1344 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1349 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1351 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1356 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1357 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1359 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1360 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1361 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1365 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1367 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1368 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1371 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1373 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1374 shadow_contents buffer. */
1375 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1376 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1377 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1379 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1381 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1382 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1386 const unsigned char *bp
;
1387 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1390 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1391 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1392 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1394 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1396 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1398 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1399 breakpoint's INSN. */
1400 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1404 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1405 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1407 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1408 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1409 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1411 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1412 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1413 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1414 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1415 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1416 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1417 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1418 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1420 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1423 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1424 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1425 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1427 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1429 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1431 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1432 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1433 report higher one. */
1436 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1437 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1439 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1441 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1442 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1444 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1445 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1446 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1447 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1449 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1450 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1451 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1453 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1455 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1462 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1463 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1464 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1465 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1466 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1469 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1471 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1472 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1473 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1476 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1479 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1481 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1483 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1485 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1486 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1487 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1490 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1493 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1494 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1495 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1498 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1501 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1502 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1508 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1512 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1514 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1515 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1516 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1519 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1522 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1524 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1525 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1526 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1529 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1533 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1535 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1536 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1539 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1540 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1541 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1542 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1543 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1544 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1545 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1546 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1549 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1551 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1552 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1553 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1554 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1557 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1558 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1561 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1563 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1565 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1566 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1567 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1568 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1569 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1571 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1574 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1577 static struct value
*
1578 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1580 struct value
*bit_val
;
1585 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1587 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1590 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1597 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1598 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1599 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1600 to be able to report stops. */
1603 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1604 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1606 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1608 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1609 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1610 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1611 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1614 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1615 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1618 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1620 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1622 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1623 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1624 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1627 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1628 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1629 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1630 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1632 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1634 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1635 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1638 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1639 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1640 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1641 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1642 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1643 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1644 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1645 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1647 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1648 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1649 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1650 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1651 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1652 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1653 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1654 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1657 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1658 hardware watchpoints:
1660 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1661 called several times when GDB stops.
1664 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1665 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1666 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1667 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1668 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1669 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1670 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1671 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1672 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1673 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1674 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1676 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1677 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1680 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1682 int within_current_scope
;
1683 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1686 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1687 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1688 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1689 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1692 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1697 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1698 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1699 within_current_scope
= 1;
1702 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1703 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1704 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1706 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1707 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1708 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1709 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1710 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1713 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1714 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1715 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1716 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1719 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1721 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1722 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1723 if (within_current_scope
)
1727 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1728 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1729 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1732 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1737 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1738 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1739 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1740 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1741 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1742 be completely different objects. */
1746 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1747 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1748 locations (re)created below. */
1749 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1751 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1754 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1758 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1759 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1760 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1761 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1762 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1763 if (!target_has_execution
)
1765 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1766 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1767 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1768 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1770 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1771 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1773 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1774 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1777 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1780 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1781 struct value
*v
, *result
, *next
;
1782 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1784 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1786 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1787 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1788 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1789 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1790 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1792 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1794 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1795 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1796 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1800 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1802 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1803 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1804 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1808 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1809 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1810 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1811 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1812 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1813 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1814 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1816 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1818 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1819 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1820 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1822 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1823 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1826 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1827 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1828 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1830 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1832 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1834 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1835 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1837 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1839 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1840 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1841 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1842 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1843 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1846 addr
= value_address (v
);
1849 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1854 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1856 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1859 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1860 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1863 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1865 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1866 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1870 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1871 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1874 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1876 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1881 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1882 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1883 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1888 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1889 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1891 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1895 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1898 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1899 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1900 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1902 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1903 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1904 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1905 this watchpoint in as well. */
1907 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1908 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1909 hardware watchpoint type. */
1911 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1912 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1914 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1915 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1916 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1917 through watch_command), so always account for it
1920 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1921 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1923 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1924 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1927 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1928 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1930 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1932 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1933 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1934 "hardware watchpoint."));
1935 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1936 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1937 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1939 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1940 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1944 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1945 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1946 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1951 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1953 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1954 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1955 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1957 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1958 "read/access watchpoint."));
1961 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1963 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1964 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1965 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1966 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1969 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1970 above left it without any location set up. But,
1971 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1972 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1973 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1974 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1976 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1978 printf_filtered (_("\
1979 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1980 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1982 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1985 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1987 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1991 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1992 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1993 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1994 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1995 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1997 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1999 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2002 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2005 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2008 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2011 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2012 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2013 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2014 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2015 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2016 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2017 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2018 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2019 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2022 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2023 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2024 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2026 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2027 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2028 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2030 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2031 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2032 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2033 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2034 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2035 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2036 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2037 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2038 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2042 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2043 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2044 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2045 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2050 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2051 instruction that triggered one. */
2052 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2053 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2057 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2058 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2059 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2060 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2069 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2070 that the location is not duplicated. */
2073 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2076 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2079 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2080 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2084 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2085 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2086 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2087 any error during parsing. */
2089 static agent_expr_up
2090 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2095 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2097 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2098 that may show up. */
2101 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2104 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2106 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2107 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2108 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2112 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2116 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2117 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2118 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2119 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2120 one of them is true. */
2123 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2125 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2126 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2127 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2128 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2130 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2131 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2133 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2134 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2135 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2137 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2138 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2141 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2142 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2143 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2144 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2145 response back to GDB. */
2146 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2149 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2153 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2154 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2155 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2156 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2157 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2161 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2162 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2163 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2165 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2171 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2172 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2173 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2175 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2176 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2177 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2179 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2182 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2184 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2186 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2189 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2194 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2195 for this location's address. */
2196 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2200 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2201 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2202 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2205 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2206 to send the conditions to the target. */
2207 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2214 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2215 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2216 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2218 static agent_expr_up
2219 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2221 const char *cmdrest
;
2222 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2223 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2230 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2232 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2234 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2235 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2237 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2239 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2241 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2243 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2244 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2246 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2248 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2249 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2251 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2253 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2255 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2257 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2258 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2263 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2264 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2266 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2270 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2272 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2273 that may show up. */
2276 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2277 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2278 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2280 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2282 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2283 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2284 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2288 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2292 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2293 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2294 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2297 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2299 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2300 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2301 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2302 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2304 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2305 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2307 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2310 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2311 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2314 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2315 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2316 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2318 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2321 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2322 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2323 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2327 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2328 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2329 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2330 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2331 response back to GDB. */
2332 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2335 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2339 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2340 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2341 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2342 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2344 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2345 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2348 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2349 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2350 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2352 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2358 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2360 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2362 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2365 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2366 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2368 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2370 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2373 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2378 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2379 for this location's address. */
2380 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2383 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2384 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2385 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2386 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2389 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2390 to send the commands to the target. */
2391 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2395 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2396 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2397 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2398 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2401 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2402 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2403 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2407 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2409 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2411 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2412 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2414 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2416 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2420 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2423 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2424 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2425 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2426 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2429 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2430 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2432 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2433 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2434 int *disabled_breaks
,
2435 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2436 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2438 gdb_exception bp_excpt
= exception_none
;
2440 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2443 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2444 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2445 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2446 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2447 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2448 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2449 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2450 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2451 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2452 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2453 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2454 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2456 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2457 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2458 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2459 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2461 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2463 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2464 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2465 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2466 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2469 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2470 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2472 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2474 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2475 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2476 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2478 Two important cases are:
2479 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2480 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2481 hardware breakpoint.
2482 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2483 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2484 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2487 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2488 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2489 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2490 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2492 struct mem_region
*mr
2493 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2497 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2499 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2501 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2502 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2504 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2506 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2508 static int said
= 0;
2510 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2513 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2514 _("Note: automatically using "
2515 "hardware breakpoints for "
2516 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2521 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2522 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2524 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2525 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2526 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2527 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2529 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2535 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2536 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2537 || bl
->section
== NULL
2538 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2540 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2545 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2547 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2549 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2557 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2558 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2559 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2561 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2562 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2563 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2564 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2565 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2569 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2571 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2572 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2573 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2575 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2580 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2581 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2582 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2583 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2584 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2587 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2589 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2595 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2596 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2597 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2598 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2602 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2603 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2605 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2610 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2612 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2614 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2622 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2623 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2628 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2630 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2632 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2633 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2634 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2635 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2636 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2637 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2638 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2639 errors as memory errors. */
2640 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2641 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2642 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2643 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2644 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2645 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2648 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2649 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2650 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2651 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2653 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2654 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2656 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2657 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2658 "library breakpoints:\n");
2660 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2661 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2662 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2667 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2669 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2670 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2671 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2672 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2674 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2675 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2676 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2681 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2684 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2685 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2687 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2688 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2690 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2695 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2710 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2711 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2712 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2713 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2717 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2718 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2720 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2722 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2723 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2724 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2726 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2728 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2729 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2731 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2733 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2734 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2738 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2739 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2746 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2747 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2750 /* Back to the original value. */
2751 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2755 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2758 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2762 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2763 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2765 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2768 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2772 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2773 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2775 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2778 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2780 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2781 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2782 so just return success. */
2789 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2790 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2794 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2796 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2797 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2799 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2800 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2802 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2803 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2806 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2807 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2808 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2810 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2812 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2814 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2815 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2816 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2818 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2819 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2821 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2827 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2828 removed locations above. */
2829 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2832 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2833 Throws exception on any error.
2834 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2835 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2837 insert_breakpoints (void)
2839 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2841 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2842 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2844 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2846 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2849 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2850 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2851 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2852 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2855 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2858 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2860 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2862 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2864 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2868 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2869 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2870 always-inserted mode. */
2873 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2875 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2878 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2879 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2880 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2882 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2884 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2885 there was an error. */
2886 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2888 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2892 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2894 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2897 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2898 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2899 deletion of breakpoints. */
2900 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2903 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2905 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2906 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2907 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2908 insert breakpoints. */
2909 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2910 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2913 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2914 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2921 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2922 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2926 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2929 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2931 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2932 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2935 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2936 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2937 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2939 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2941 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2942 there was an error. */
2943 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2945 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2947 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2949 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2952 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2953 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2954 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2955 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2956 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2959 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2961 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2962 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2963 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2964 insert breakpoints. */
2965 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2966 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2969 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2970 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2975 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2976 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2977 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2979 int some_failed
= 0;
2980 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2982 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2985 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2988 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2991 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2992 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2999 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3001 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3003 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3004 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3005 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3013 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3014 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3015 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3017 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3018 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3020 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3021 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3025 /* Used when the program stops.
3026 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3027 removing a breakpoint location. */
3030 remove_breakpoints (void)
3032 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3035 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3037 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3038 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3043 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3047 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3049 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3051 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3053 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3055 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3057 printf_filtered (_("\
3058 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3059 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3061 /* Hide it from the user. */
3067 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3070 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3072 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3074 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3076 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3078 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3081 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3083 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3091 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3093 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3094 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3095 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3096 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3097 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3098 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3100 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3103 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3106 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3107 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3111 static struct breakpoint
*
3112 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3113 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3114 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3116 symtab_and_line sal
;
3118 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3119 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3121 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3122 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3123 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3128 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3130 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3132 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3134 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3135 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3137 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3138 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3140 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3141 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3143 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3144 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3146 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3148 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3150 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3151 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3153 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3154 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3156 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3157 int exception_searched
= 0;
3159 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3161 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3164 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3166 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3167 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3169 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3172 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3174 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3177 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3178 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3180 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3181 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3183 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3185 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3186 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3187 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3189 bp_objfile_data
= new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3190 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3192 return bp_objfile_data
;
3196 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3198 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3199 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3201 delete bp_objfile_data
;
3205 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3207 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3208 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3210 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3212 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3213 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3215 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3217 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3219 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3222 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3224 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3226 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3227 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3229 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3230 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3233 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3236 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3237 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3239 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3240 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3241 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3242 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3244 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3246 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3247 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3251 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3252 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3258 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3260 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3262 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3264 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3266 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3268 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3270 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3273 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3274 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3276 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3278 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3280 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3282 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3283 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3287 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3290 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3292 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3293 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3297 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3298 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3301 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3303 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3305 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3307 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3309 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3310 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3313 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3314 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3320 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3323 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3325 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3326 const char *func_name
;
3328 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3330 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3333 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3334 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3336 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3338 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3339 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3341 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3342 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3345 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3348 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3349 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3350 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3351 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3352 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3353 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3354 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3360 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3362 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3364 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3365 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3367 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3369 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3371 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3374 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3376 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3378 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3379 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3380 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3382 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3384 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3387 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3389 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3391 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3392 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3393 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3395 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3396 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3399 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3402 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3403 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3404 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3405 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3406 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3407 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3408 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3409 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3414 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3417 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3419 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3420 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3422 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3424 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3425 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3426 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3428 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3430 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3432 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3433 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3435 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3436 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3440 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3443 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3445 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3446 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3450 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3451 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3454 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3456 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3458 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3460 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3462 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3463 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3464 bp_exception_master
,
3465 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3466 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3467 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3473 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3475 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3478 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3480 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3482 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3484 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3485 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3487 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3491 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3494 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3495 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
, target_stack
);
3496 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3497 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3498 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3499 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3500 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3501 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3505 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3508 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3510 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3514 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3516 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3517 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3519 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3520 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3521 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3522 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3523 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3524 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3525 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3526 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3527 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3528 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3529 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3531 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3533 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3536 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3537 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3539 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3543 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3544 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3546 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3550 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3551 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3552 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3553 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3554 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3556 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3560 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3561 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3563 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3567 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3568 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3570 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3574 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3576 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3577 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3578 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3580 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3584 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3586 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3587 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3588 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3589 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3593 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3594 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3595 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3596 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3597 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3598 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3600 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3601 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3602 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3603 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3604 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3605 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3606 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3608 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3609 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3610 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3611 let finish_command delete it.
3613 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3614 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3615 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3616 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3617 solib breakpoints.) */
3619 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3624 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3625 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3627 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3629 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3636 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3638 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3640 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3641 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3643 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3644 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3646 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3647 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3648 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3650 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3653 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3654 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3655 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3656 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3657 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3658 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3659 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3663 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3669 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3670 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3671 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3672 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3673 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3676 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3680 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3681 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3683 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3684 This should not ever happen. */
3685 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3687 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3688 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3690 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3691 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3692 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3694 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3695 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3696 || bl
->section
== NULL
3697 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3699 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3701 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3702 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3703 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3704 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3705 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3706 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3707 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3708 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3709 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3710 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3711 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3712 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3713 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3714 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3715 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3716 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3717 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3718 they should always be removed. */
3719 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3720 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3721 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3724 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3728 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3729 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3730 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3732 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3733 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3735 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3736 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3737 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3738 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3739 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3741 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3742 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3745 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3746 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3749 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3750 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3751 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3752 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3754 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3755 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3756 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3757 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3758 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3759 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3765 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3770 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3771 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3772 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3773 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3774 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3775 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3776 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3777 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3778 always-inserted mode. */
3780 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3781 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3782 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3783 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3789 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3791 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3793 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3794 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3796 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3797 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3799 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3800 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3801 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3804 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3805 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3808 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3809 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3811 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3815 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3822 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3824 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3825 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3827 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3828 This should not ever happen. */
3829 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3831 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3833 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3835 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3838 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3841 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3843 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3845 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3846 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3850 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3851 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3853 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3856 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3857 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3858 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3863 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3865 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3866 struct bp_location
*bl
;
3868 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3870 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3872 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3875 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3877 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3879 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3885 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3887 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3888 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3891 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3893 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3895 case bp_shlib_event
:
3897 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3898 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3899 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3900 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3901 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3903 (gdb) file prog-linux
3904 (gdb) run # native linux target
3907 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3908 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3911 case bp_step_resume
:
3913 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3915 case bp_single_step
:
3917 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3919 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3923 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3924 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3925 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3927 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3929 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3930 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3931 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3934 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3935 valid. New ones will be created in
3936 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3937 The next update_global_location_list call will
3938 garbage collect them. */
3941 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3943 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3944 insert_breakpoints. */
3945 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3956 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3957 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3958 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3959 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3962 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3963 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3964 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3965 match, not program space. */
3967 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3968 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3969 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3970 permanent breakpoint.
3971 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3972 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3973 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3974 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3975 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3977 enum breakpoint_here
3978 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3980 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3981 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3983 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3985 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3986 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3989 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3990 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3992 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3994 if (overlay_debugging
3995 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3996 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3997 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3998 else if (bl
->permanent
)
3999 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4001 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4005 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4008 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4011 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4012 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4014 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4016 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4018 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4019 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4022 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4024 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4027 if (overlay_debugging
4028 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4029 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4031 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4042 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4045 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4047 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4050 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4051 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4057 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4061 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4062 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4065 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4068 if (overlay_debugging
4069 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4070 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4071 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4078 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4081 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4083 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4085 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4087 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4089 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4090 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4093 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4099 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4103 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4106 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4110 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4112 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4115 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4122 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4125 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4128 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4130 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4132 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4134 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4137 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4145 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4146 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4148 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4150 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4152 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4154 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4155 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4158 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4161 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4162 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4166 /* Check for intersection. */
4167 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4168 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4177 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4181 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4183 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4186 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4189 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4191 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4192 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4195 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4196 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4199 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4216 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4218 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4219 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4220 commands (other
.commands
),
4221 print (other
.print
),
4223 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4225 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4226 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4227 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4230 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4231 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4234 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4238 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4243 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4245 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4248 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4258 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4261 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4266 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4268 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4274 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4277 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4279 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4281 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4283 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4285 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4290 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4299 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4300 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4301 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4302 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4304 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4305 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4307 Return 1 otherwise. */
4310 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4312 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4315 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4317 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4318 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4319 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4320 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4321 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4323 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4325 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4329 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4332 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4334 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4337 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4340 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4344 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4346 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4347 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4351 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4354 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4356 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4358 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4360 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4361 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4362 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4363 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4364 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4368 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4371 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4372 or its equivalent. */
4375 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4377 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4380 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4381 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4382 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4383 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4385 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4386 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4387 bpstat of the current thread. */
4390 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4395 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4397 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4400 scoped_restore save_executing
4401 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4403 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4405 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4408 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4409 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4411 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4413 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4415 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4416 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4417 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4418 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4419 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4420 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4421 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4422 the tree when we're done. */
4423 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4424 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4427 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4429 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4435 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4437 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4443 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4445 if (current_ui
->async
)
4446 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4447 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4448 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4451 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4452 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4453 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4454 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4455 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4456 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4457 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4458 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4459 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4460 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4461 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4462 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4463 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4472 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4474 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4476 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4477 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4478 && target_has_execution
4479 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4480 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4481 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4482 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4483 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4484 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4485 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4488 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4491 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4494 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4497 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4500 struct value_print_options opts
;
4501 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4502 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4506 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4507 debugging multiple threads. */
4510 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4512 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4517 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4520 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4522 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4523 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4525 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4528 uiout
->text (" \"");
4529 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4533 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4537 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4538 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4539 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4540 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4543 static enum print_stop_action
4544 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4546 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4549 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4550 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4554 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4555 relevant messages. */
4556 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4559 case print_it_normal
:
4561 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4563 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4564 which has since been deleted. */
4566 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4568 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4569 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4574 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4575 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4580 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4583 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4585 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4587 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4591 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4592 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4594 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4595 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4598 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4599 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4600 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4604 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4605 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4606 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4608 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4611 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4612 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4613 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4619 struct so_list
*iter
;
4622 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4623 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4625 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4630 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4631 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4632 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4637 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4638 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4639 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4640 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4641 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4642 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4643 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4646 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4647 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4648 code to print the location. An example is
4649 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4651 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4652 to also print the location part of the message.
4653 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4654 don't require a location appended to the end.
4655 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4656 further info to be printed. */
4658 enum print_stop_action
4659 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4661 enum print_stop_action val
;
4663 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4664 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4665 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4666 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4667 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4669 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4670 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4671 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4672 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4676 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4677 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4678 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4679 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4681 print_solib_event (0);
4682 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4685 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4686 with and nothing was printed. */
4687 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4690 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4693 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4695 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4696 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4698 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4702 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4704 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4706 bp_location_at (bl
),
4707 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4711 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4713 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4714 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4715 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4720 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4721 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4725 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4729 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4730 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4733 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4735 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4737 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4739 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4741 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4742 as not triggered. */
4744 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4746 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4748 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4754 if (!target_stopped_data_address (target_stack
, &addr
))
4756 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4757 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4759 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4761 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4763 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4769 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4770 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4774 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4776 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4777 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4779 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4780 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4782 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4784 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4785 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4787 if (newaddr
== start
)
4789 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4793 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4794 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (target_stack
,
4798 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4807 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4808 enum wp_check_result
4810 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4813 /* The value has changed. */
4814 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4816 /* The value has not changed. */
4817 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4819 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4823 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4824 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4826 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4829 static wp_check_result
4830 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4832 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4833 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4834 int within_current_scope
;
4836 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4837 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4838 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4840 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4841 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4842 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4843 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4846 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4847 within_current_scope
= 1;
4850 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4851 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4852 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4854 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4855 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4856 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4857 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4858 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4859 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4860 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4861 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4862 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4863 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4866 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4867 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4869 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4870 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4871 if (within_current_scope
)
4873 struct symbol
*function
;
4875 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4876 if (function
== NULL
4877 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4878 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4879 within_current_scope
= 0;
4882 if (within_current_scope
)
4883 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4884 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4889 if (within_current_scope
)
4891 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4892 time before we return to the command level and call
4893 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4894 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4898 struct value
*new_val
;
4900 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4901 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4902 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4903 a mask watchpoint. */
4904 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4906 mark
= value_mark ();
4907 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4909 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4910 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4912 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4913 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4914 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4915 not what we want. */
4916 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4917 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4920 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4921 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4923 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4924 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4925 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4929 /* Nothing changed. */
4930 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4931 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4936 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4937 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4938 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4939 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4940 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4941 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4942 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4943 the first value assigned). */
4944 /* We print all the stop information in
4945 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4946 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4947 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4950 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4952 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4954 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4956 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4957 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4958 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
4959 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4960 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4963 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4965 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4971 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4972 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4973 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4976 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4977 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4978 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4980 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4982 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4983 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4985 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4988 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4989 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4992 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4994 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4995 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4997 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4998 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4999 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5000 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5001 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5004 int must_check_value
= 0;
5006 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5007 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5009 must_check_value
= 1;
5010 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5011 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5012 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5014 must_check_value
= 1;
5015 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5016 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5017 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5018 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5019 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5020 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5021 must_check_value
= 1;
5023 if (must_check_value
)
5029 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5031 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5033 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5034 "Error evaluating expression "
5035 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5038 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5040 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5043 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5051 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5052 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5056 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5059 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5060 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5062 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5064 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5065 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5066 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5067 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5068 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5069 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5070 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5073 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5074 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5077 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5078 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5079 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5080 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5082 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5083 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5084 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5087 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5088 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5089 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5090 changes. This still gives false positives when
5091 the program writes the same value to memory as
5092 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5093 it for a read), but it's much better than
5096 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5098 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5100 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5102 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5103 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5104 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5106 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5107 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5109 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5110 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5112 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5118 if (other_write_watchpoint
5119 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5121 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5122 and the value changed since the last time we
5123 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5125 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5130 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5131 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5132 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5134 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5135 the value hasn't changed. */
5136 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5146 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5148 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5149 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5150 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5151 anything for this watchpoint. */
5152 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5158 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5159 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5160 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5161 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5164 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5166 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5167 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5169 bool condition_result
= true;
5170 struct expression
*cond
;
5172 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5174 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5175 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5176 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5177 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5178 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5180 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5181 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5182 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5184 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5185 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5191 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5192 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5194 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5195 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5202 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5204 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5206 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5208 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5210 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5213 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5215 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5217 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5218 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5220 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5221 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5222 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5223 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5225 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5227 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5228 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5232 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5233 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5234 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5235 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5236 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5238 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5239 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5242 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5244 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5245 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5246 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5247 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5248 really matter which instantiation of the function
5249 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5250 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5251 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5252 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5253 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5254 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5255 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5256 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5258 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5260 select_frame (frame
);
5262 within_current_scope
= 0;
5264 if (within_current_scope
)
5268 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5270 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5272 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5273 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5279 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5280 "in the current scope"));
5281 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5282 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5284 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5285 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5288 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5292 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5296 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5298 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5302 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5303 on the current target. */
5306 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5308 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5309 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5310 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5311 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5315 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5316 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5318 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5319 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5322 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5324 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5326 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5327 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5328 several reasons concurrently.)
5330 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5331 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5334 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5335 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5336 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5338 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5339 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5340 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5341 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5342 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5343 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5346 int need_remove_insert
;
5349 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5350 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5351 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5352 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5353 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5354 inferior function calls. */
5358 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5361 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5363 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5364 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5365 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5366 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5367 checked all locations already. */
5368 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5371 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5374 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5377 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5380 bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5383 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5384 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5385 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5389 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5390 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5391 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5393 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5395 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5397 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5402 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5403 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5404 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5406 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5408 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5409 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5411 bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5412 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5415 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5420 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5421 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5422 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5424 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5426 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5428 handle_solib_event ();
5433 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5434 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5435 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5439 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5444 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5445 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5448 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5453 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5455 /* We will stop here. */
5456 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5458 --(b
->enable_count
);
5459 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5460 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5465 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5466 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5467 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5470 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5475 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5477 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5478 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5481 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5482 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5483 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5485 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5486 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5487 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5489 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5490 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5492 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5494 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5495 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5498 if (need_remove_insert
)
5499 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5500 else if (removed_any
)
5501 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5507 handle_jit_event (void)
5509 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5510 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5513 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5515 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5516 breakpoint_re_set. */
5517 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5519 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5520 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5522 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5524 target_terminal::inferior ();
5527 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5529 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5532 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5534 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5537 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5538 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5539 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5541 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5543 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5544 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5545 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5548 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5550 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5551 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5555 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5562 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5563 case bp_single_step
:
5566 case bp_shlib_event
:
5570 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5572 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5575 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5578 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5579 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5580 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5584 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5586 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5590 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5591 This requires no further action. */
5595 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5599 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5600 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5603 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5605 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5606 case bp_exception_resume
:
5609 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5610 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5613 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5615 case bp_step_resume
:
5617 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5620 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5621 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5624 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5626 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5629 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5630 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5633 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5634 case bp_thread_event
:
5635 case bp_overlay_event
:
5636 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5637 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5638 case bp_exception_master
:
5639 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5645 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5647 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5651 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5652 This requires no further action. */
5656 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5659 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5660 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5661 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5662 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5664 case bp_std_terminate
:
5665 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5666 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5667 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5668 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5671 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5672 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5673 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5674 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5676 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5677 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5679 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5680 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5681 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5683 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5684 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5685 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5686 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5691 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5693 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5697 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5698 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5701 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5708 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5712 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5714 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5721 handle_jit_event ();
5723 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5724 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5726 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5727 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5733 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5734 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5735 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5738 bpstat_should_step (void)
5740 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5743 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5749 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5751 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5760 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5761 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5762 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5765 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5767 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5768 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5772 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5774 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5776 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5777 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5778 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5783 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5789 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5790 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5792 "host": Host evals condition.
5793 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5794 "target": Target evals condition.
5798 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5800 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5801 char host_evals
= 0;
5802 char target_evals
= 0;
5807 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5812 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5814 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5816 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5822 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5823 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5824 else if (target_evals
)
5825 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5827 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5830 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5831 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5834 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5836 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5839 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5840 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5841 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5843 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5844 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5846 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5849 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5852 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5853 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5855 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5857 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5859 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5863 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5865 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5866 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5867 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5869 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5872 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5876 uiout
->text ("in ");
5877 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5879 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5880 uiout
->text ("at ");
5882 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5883 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5886 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5887 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5889 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5895 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5897 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5901 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5902 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5903 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5904 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5905 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5906 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5908 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5912 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5916 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5917 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5918 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5921 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5922 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5928 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5930 struct ep_type_description
5933 const char *description
;
5935 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5937 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5938 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5939 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5940 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5941 {bp_until
, "until"},
5942 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5943 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5944 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5945 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5946 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5947 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5948 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5949 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5950 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5951 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5952 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5953 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5954 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5955 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5956 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5957 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5958 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5959 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5960 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5961 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5962 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5963 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5964 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5965 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5966 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5967 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5968 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5969 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5970 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5973 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5974 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5975 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5976 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5979 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5982 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5983 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5986 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5987 const char *field_name
,
5988 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5991 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5993 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5994 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5995 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5998 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6000 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6006 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6007 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6012 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6016 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6021 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6024 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6025 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6027 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6030 struct command_line
*l
;
6031 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6033 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6034 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6035 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6036 struct value_print_options opts
;
6038 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6040 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6041 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6042 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6045 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6046 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6054 if (part_of_multiple
)
6057 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6058 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6063 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6068 if (part_of_multiple
)
6069 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6071 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6075 if (part_of_multiple
)
6076 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6078 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6083 if (part_of_multiple
)
6084 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6086 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6091 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6093 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6094 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6095 make sure there's just one location. */
6096 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6097 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6103 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6104 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6108 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6109 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6110 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6112 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6114 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6115 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6116 is relatively readable). */
6117 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6118 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6120 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6125 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6126 case bp_single_step
:
6130 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6131 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6133 case bp_exception_resume
:
6134 case bp_step_resume
:
6135 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6136 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6138 case bp_std_terminate
:
6139 case bp_shlib_event
:
6140 case bp_thread_event
:
6141 case bp_overlay_event
:
6142 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6143 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6144 case bp_exception_master
:
6146 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6147 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6150 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6151 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6152 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6155 if (header_of_multiple
)
6156 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6157 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6158 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6160 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6161 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6164 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6165 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6172 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6174 struct inferior
*inf
;
6175 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6180 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6181 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6184 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6185 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6187 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6188 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6189 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6190 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6191 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6192 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6194 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6197 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6199 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6201 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6202 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6203 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6204 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6206 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6208 uiout
->text (" task ");
6209 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6215 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6216 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6218 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6221 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6222 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6224 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6225 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6229 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6232 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6233 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6235 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6236 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6238 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6239 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6240 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6241 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6242 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6245 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6246 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6247 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6252 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6254 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6255 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6256 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6257 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6260 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6262 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6267 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6271 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6272 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6273 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6274 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6275 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6277 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6278 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6279 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6280 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6281 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6283 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6287 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6288 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6289 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6293 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6296 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6297 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6298 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6301 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6302 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6303 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6304 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6307 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6308 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6309 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6310 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6311 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6313 uiout
->text ("next ");
6314 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6315 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6318 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6320 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6322 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6324 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6325 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6326 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6330 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6331 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6334 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6335 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6338 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6340 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6342 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6344 annotate_field (10);
6345 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6346 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6347 uiout
->text (" \n");
6350 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6352 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6354 annotate_field (11);
6356 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6357 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6358 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6364 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6365 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6370 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6372 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6374 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6376 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6378 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6379 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6380 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6381 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6386 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6387 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6390 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6393 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6395 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6398 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6399 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6400 locations, if any. */
6401 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6403 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6404 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6405 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6408 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6409 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6411 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6412 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6414 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6417 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6419 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6420 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6427 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6429 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6430 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6432 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6433 address to print. */
6434 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6437 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6441 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6442 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6443 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6446 return print_address_bits
;
6449 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6452 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6454 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6455 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6458 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6459 internal or momentary. */
6462 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6464 return b
->number
> 0;
6467 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6470 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6472 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6475 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6476 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6477 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6478 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6479 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6480 breakpoints listed. */
6483 breakpoint_1 (const char *args
, int allflag
,
6484 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6486 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6487 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6488 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6489 struct value_print_options opts
;
6490 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6491 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6492 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6494 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6496 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6497 required for address fields. */
6498 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6501 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6502 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6505 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6506 accept. Skip the others. */
6507 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6509 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6511 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6515 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6517 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6519 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6520 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6521 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6523 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6524 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6525 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6527 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6532 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6533 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6534 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6537 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6538 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6539 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6541 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6542 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6544 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6545 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6547 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6548 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6550 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6551 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6553 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6555 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6556 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6558 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6560 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6562 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6563 uiout
->table_body ();
6564 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6565 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6570 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6571 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6574 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6575 accept. Skip the others. */
6577 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6579 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6581 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6584 else /* all others */
6586 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6590 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6592 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6593 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6597 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6599 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6603 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6604 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6606 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6612 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6613 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6616 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6617 there have been breakpoints? */
6618 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6620 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6623 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6624 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6627 default_collect_info (void)
6629 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6631 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6632 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6634 if (!*default_collect
)
6637 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6639 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6640 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6641 uiout
->text (" \n");
6645 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6647 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6649 default_collect_info ();
6653 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6655 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6656 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6658 if (num_printed
== 0)
6660 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6661 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6663 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6668 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6670 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6672 default_collect_info ();
6676 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6677 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6678 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6680 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6682 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6684 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6685 && bl
->address
== pc
6686 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6692 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6693 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6697 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6698 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6699 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6702 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6705 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6706 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6710 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6711 else /* if (others == ???) */
6712 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6714 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6717 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6718 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6719 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6720 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6721 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6722 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6723 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6724 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6728 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6730 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6731 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6732 printf_filtered (".\n");
6737 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6738 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6739 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6740 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6742 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6743 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6744 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6745 breakpoint location at address zero:
6753 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6755 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6757 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6760 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6761 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6764 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6765 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6767 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6768 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6770 /* Both of them must exist. */
6771 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6772 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6774 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6775 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6776 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6777 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6778 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6779 other watchpoint. */
6781 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6783 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6784 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6786 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6788 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6789 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6792 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6793 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6794 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6795 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6796 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6797 become hw_access locations later. */
6798 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6799 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6800 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6801 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6804 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6807 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6808 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6810 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6811 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6815 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6816 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6817 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6818 space doesn't really matter. */
6821 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6823 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6826 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6827 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6828 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6831 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6832 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6833 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6834 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6837 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6838 const address_space
*aspace
,
6841 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6844 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6845 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6849 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6850 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6851 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6852 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6853 doesn't really matter. */
6856 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6857 const address_space
*aspace
,
6858 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6860 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6861 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6863 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6865 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6871 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6872 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6873 true, otherwise returns false. */
6876 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6877 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6879 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6880 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6881 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6882 different locations. */
6883 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6888 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6889 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6890 represent the same location. */
6893 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6894 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6896 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6898 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6899 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6900 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6902 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6903 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6905 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6908 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6909 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6910 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6912 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6913 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6914 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6915 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6919 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6920 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6922 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6923 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6927 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6928 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6930 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6931 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6933 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6936 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6937 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6938 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6939 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6942 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6943 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6945 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6946 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6947 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6948 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6949 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6951 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6952 have their addresses modified. */
6955 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6957 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6958 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6959 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6960 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6961 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6962 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6967 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6969 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6971 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6972 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6973 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6976 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6978 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6979 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6981 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6982 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6984 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6988 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
6990 bp_location
*loc
= this;
6992 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6996 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6997 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7000 switch (owner
->type
)
7003 case bp_single_step
:
7007 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7008 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7010 case bp_exception_resume
:
7011 case bp_step_resume
:
7012 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7013 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7015 case bp_std_terminate
:
7016 case bp_shlib_event
:
7017 case bp_thread_event
:
7018 case bp_overlay_event
:
7020 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7021 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7022 case bp_exception_master
:
7023 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7024 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7026 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7027 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7029 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7030 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7031 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7033 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7034 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7035 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7036 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7041 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7042 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7043 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7046 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7052 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7054 static struct bp_location
*
7055 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7057 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7061 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7063 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7067 /* Increment reference count. */
7070 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7075 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7076 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7079 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7081 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7083 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7084 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7088 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7091 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7093 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7094 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7096 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7097 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7099 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7101 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7106 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7112 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7115 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7116 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7118 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7120 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7124 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7125 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7126 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7127 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7130 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7131 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7133 static struct breakpoint
*
7134 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7138 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7140 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7141 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7144 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7145 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7149 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7151 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7153 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7154 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7155 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7157 const char *function_name
;
7159 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7160 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7161 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
)
7164 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7166 function_name
= MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc
->msymbol
);
7168 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7169 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7171 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7172 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7173 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7174 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7176 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7180 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7183 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7187 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7189 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7192 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7194 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7199 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7200 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7201 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7203 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7204 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7205 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7208 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7209 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7210 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7212 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7214 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7216 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7217 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7219 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7220 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7222 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7223 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7226 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7227 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7228 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7229 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7230 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7231 is also returned as the value of this function.
7233 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7234 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7235 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7236 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7237 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7238 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7239 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7242 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7243 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7244 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7246 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7248 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7249 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7252 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7253 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7254 initiated the operation. */
7257 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7259 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7260 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7262 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7263 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7264 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7265 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7266 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7267 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7268 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7269 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7271 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7272 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7274 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7275 after their removal. */
7276 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7277 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7278 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7281 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7284 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7286 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7288 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7290 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7291 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7293 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7294 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7299 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7301 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7303 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7304 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7306 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7307 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7311 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7312 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7313 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7317 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7319 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7322 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7324 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7326 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7327 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7329 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7331 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7333 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7336 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7337 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7338 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7339 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7345 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7346 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7349 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7350 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7354 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7356 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7359 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7361 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7363 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7364 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7365 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7366 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7369 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7371 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7373 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7374 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7375 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7377 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7382 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7384 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7387 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7389 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7390 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7391 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7396 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7398 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7401 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7403 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7404 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7405 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7409 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7410 master breakpoint. */
7412 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7414 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7416 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7417 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7418 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7420 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7421 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7425 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7427 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7429 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7431 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7432 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7433 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7437 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7439 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7441 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7442 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7444 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7445 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7446 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7448 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7453 struct lang_and_radix
7459 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7462 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7464 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7465 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7468 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7471 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7473 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7475 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7476 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7477 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7478 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7482 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7484 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7486 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7487 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7488 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7489 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7492 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7495 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7497 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7499 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7500 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7501 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7502 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7505 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7506 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7507 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7509 static struct breakpoint
*
7510 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7511 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7513 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7515 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7516 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7517 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7522 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7524 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7527 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7530 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7532 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7534 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7536 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7537 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7539 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7545 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7546 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7549 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7551 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7553 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7555 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7556 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7558 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7559 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7560 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7561 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7562 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7563 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7564 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7565 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7566 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7567 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7568 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7569 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7572 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7577 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7578 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7579 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7582 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7584 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7585 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7587 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7589 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7590 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7592 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7593 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7594 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7595 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7596 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7597 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7598 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7599 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7600 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7602 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7603 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7604 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7605 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7608 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7609 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7611 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7613 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7614 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7615 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7618 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7623 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7624 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7625 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7628 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7630 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7632 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7635 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7636 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7637 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7638 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7639 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7640 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7641 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7642 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7643 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7644 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7646 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7647 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7652 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7653 int bp_modified
= 0;
7655 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7658 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7660 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7662 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7663 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7666 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7669 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7672 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7673 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7676 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7678 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7679 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7680 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7681 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7682 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7685 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7692 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7696 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7698 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7699 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7700 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7702 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7704 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7705 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7706 catchpoint has triggered. */
7707 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7710 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7714 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7716 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7719 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7723 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7725 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7728 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7732 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7733 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7734 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7736 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7738 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7741 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7745 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7748 static enum print_stop_action
7749 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7751 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7752 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7753 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7755 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7756 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7757 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7758 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7760 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7761 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7763 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7764 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7766 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7767 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7768 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7769 uiout
->text ("), ");
7770 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7773 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7777 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7779 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7780 struct value_print_options opts
;
7781 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7783 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7785 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7786 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7788 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7789 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7791 uiout
->text ("fork");
7792 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7794 uiout
->text (", process ");
7795 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7799 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7800 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7803 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7807 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7809 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7812 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7816 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7818 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7819 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7822 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7824 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7826 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7830 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7832 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7835 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7839 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7841 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7844 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7848 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7849 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7850 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7852 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7854 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7857 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7861 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7864 static enum print_stop_action
7865 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7867 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7868 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7869 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7871 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7872 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7873 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7874 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7876 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7877 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7879 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7880 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7882 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7883 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7884 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7885 uiout
->text ("), ");
7886 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7889 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7893 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7895 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7896 struct value_print_options opts
;
7897 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7899 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7900 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7901 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7903 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7904 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7906 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7907 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7909 uiout
->text (", process ");
7910 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7914 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7915 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7918 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7922 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7924 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7927 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7931 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7933 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7934 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7937 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7939 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7941 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7942 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7943 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7945 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7947 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7949 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7950 unsigned char is_load
;
7952 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7953 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7955 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7958 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7960 xfree (this->regex
);
7964 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7970 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7976 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7977 const address_space
*aspace
,
7979 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7981 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7982 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7984 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7989 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7991 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7994 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7997 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8000 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8002 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8011 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8013 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8014 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8018 struct so_list
*iter
;
8021 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8026 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8032 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
8035 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8041 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8044 static enum print_stop_action
8045 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8047 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8048 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8050 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8051 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8052 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8053 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8055 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8056 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8058 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8059 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8060 print_solib_event (1);
8061 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8065 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8067 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8068 struct value_print_options opts
;
8069 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8072 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8073 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8074 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8076 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8079 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8086 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8088 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8093 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8095 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8097 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8100 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8101 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8105 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8107 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8109 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8110 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8114 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8116 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8118 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8119 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8120 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8122 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8123 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8126 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8128 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8129 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8130 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8131 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8132 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8133 created in an enabled state. */
8136 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8138 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8142 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8144 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8148 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8149 _("Invalid regexp")));
8150 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8153 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8154 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8155 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8157 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8159 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8162 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8166 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8167 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8170 const int enabled
= 1;
8172 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8174 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8178 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8179 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8181 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8185 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8186 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8188 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8191 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8192 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8193 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8194 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8197 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8198 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8199 const char *cond_string
,
8200 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8202 symtab_and_line sal
;
8203 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8205 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8207 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8208 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8212 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8214 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8215 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8216 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8217 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8220 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8223 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8227 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8228 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8229 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8231 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8233 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8235 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8237 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8240 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8242 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8243 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8244 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8246 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8248 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8250 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8251 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8253 char *exec_pathname
;
8256 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8258 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8260 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8264 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8266 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8270 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8272 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8276 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8277 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8278 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8280 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8282 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8285 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8289 static enum print_stop_action
8290 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8292 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8293 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8294 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8296 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8297 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8298 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8299 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8301 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8302 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8304 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8305 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8307 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8308 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8309 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8310 uiout
->text ("), ");
8312 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8316 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8318 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8319 struct value_print_options opts
;
8320 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8322 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8324 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8325 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8326 is relatively readable). */
8327 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8328 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8330 uiout
->text ("exec");
8331 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8333 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8334 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8335 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8338 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8339 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8343 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8345 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8348 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8352 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8354 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8355 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8358 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8361 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8364 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8365 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8369 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8370 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8372 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8374 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8381 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8385 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8388 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8390 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8393 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8395 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8397 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8403 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8404 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8405 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8406 types _not_ TYPE. */
8409 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8410 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8413 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8415 *other_type_used
= 0;
8420 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8423 if (b
->type
== type
)
8424 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8425 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8426 *other_type_used
= 1;
8433 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8435 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8439 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8441 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8442 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8448 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8450 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8454 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8456 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8457 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8463 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8465 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8466 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8470 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8472 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8473 breakpoint_re_set ();
8476 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8479 static struct breakpoint
*
8480 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8482 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8484 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8485 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8487 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8488 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8491 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8493 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8496 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8497 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8501 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8502 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8504 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8506 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8508 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8510 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8511 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8512 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8513 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8515 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8516 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8518 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8519 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8521 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8523 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8526 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8527 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8528 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8530 static struct breakpoint
*
8531 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8533 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8536 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8538 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8539 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8540 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8542 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8543 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8544 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8545 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8546 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8547 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8548 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8549 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8550 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8551 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8552 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8553 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8555 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8556 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8557 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8559 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8563 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8567 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8569 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8573 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8577 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8580 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8582 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8584 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8585 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8587 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8591 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8594 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8596 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8597 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8601 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8603 static struct bp_location
*
8604 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8605 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8607 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8608 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8609 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8611 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8612 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8614 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8615 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8616 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8617 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8618 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8619 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8620 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8623 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8624 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8625 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8626 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8631 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8632 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8633 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8634 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8635 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8636 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8637 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8638 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8639 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8640 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8641 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8642 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8643 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8645 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8646 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8648 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8649 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8650 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8651 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8652 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8653 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8654 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8655 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8656 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8657 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8658 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8659 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8661 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8668 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8671 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8675 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8676 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8679 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8681 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8685 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8687 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8688 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8689 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8690 scoped_restore restore_memory
8691 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8693 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8694 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8700 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8701 return 0 otherwise. */
8704 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8706 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8708 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8709 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8710 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8712 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
8715 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8716 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8717 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8720 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8721 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8724 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8726 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8727 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8732 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8734 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8736 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8738 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8740 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8741 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8743 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8744 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8745 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8747 if (!dprintf_function
)
8748 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8750 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8751 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8756 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8760 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8762 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8763 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8766 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8767 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8771 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8772 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8774 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8776 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8777 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8778 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8779 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8780 command_lines_deleter ()));
8783 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8784 current style settings. */
8787 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8788 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8790 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8794 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8795 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8799 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8800 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8801 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8802 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8805 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8806 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8807 event_location_up
&&location
,
8808 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8809 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8810 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8811 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8812 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8813 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8814 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8815 int display_canonical
)
8819 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8821 int target_resources_ok
;
8823 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8824 target_resources_ok
=
8825 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8827 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8828 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8829 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8830 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8833 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8835 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8837 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8841 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8843 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8845 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8846 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8849 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8851 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8855 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8856 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8857 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8858 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8859 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8861 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8862 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8864 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8866 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8867 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8869 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8871 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8872 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8874 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8877 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8879 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8881 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8883 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8885 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8887 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8889 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8891 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8893 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8896 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8897 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8904 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8905 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8911 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8913 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8914 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8916 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8919 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8920 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8921 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8923 if (b
->extra_string
)
8924 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8926 error (_("Format string required"));
8928 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8929 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8932 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8933 if (location
!= NULL
)
8934 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8936 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8937 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
8941 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8942 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8943 event_location_up
&&location
,
8944 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8946 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8947 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8948 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8949 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8950 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8951 int display_canonical
)
8953 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8955 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8956 sals
, std::move (location
),
8958 std::move (cond_string
),
8959 std::move (extra_string
),
8961 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8963 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8966 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8969 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8970 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8971 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8972 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8973 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8974 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8975 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8976 we take just a single condition string.
8978 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8979 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8980 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8981 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8982 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8985 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8986 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8987 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8988 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8989 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8990 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8991 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8992 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8994 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8995 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8997 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8999 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9000 'break', without arguments. */
9001 event_location_up location
9002 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9003 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9004 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9005 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
9007 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
9008 std::move (location
),
9009 std::move (filter_string
),
9010 std::move (cond_string
),
9011 std::move (extra_string
),
9013 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9014 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9015 canonical
->special_display
);
9019 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9020 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9021 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9022 linespec locations).
9024 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9025 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9028 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9029 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9031 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9033 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9035 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9039 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9040 breakpoint address. */
9041 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9043 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9044 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9045 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9046 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9047 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9048 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9049 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9051 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9053 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9054 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9055 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9056 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9057 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9059 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9061 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9063 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9065 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9069 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9073 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9074 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9075 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9076 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9078 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9079 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9080 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9081 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9083 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9085 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9086 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9090 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9093 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9094 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9095 get_last_displayed_line (),
9096 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9101 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9102 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9106 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9107 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9110 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9112 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9113 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9116 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9117 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9118 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9119 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9120 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9124 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9125 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9127 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9129 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9131 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9132 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9133 associated with SAL. */
9137 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9138 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9139 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9143 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9144 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9145 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9146 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9147 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9148 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9151 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9152 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9155 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9162 const char *end_tok
;
9164 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9165 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9167 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9169 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9171 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9175 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9177 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9179 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9181 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9182 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9184 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9186 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9189 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9192 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9194 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9195 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9198 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9203 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9205 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9206 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9207 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9212 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9216 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9220 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9222 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9223 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9225 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9228 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9230 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9232 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9234 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9235 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9236 if (markers
.empty ())
9237 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9238 marker_str
.c_str ());
9240 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9241 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9243 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9245 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9246 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9247 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9254 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9257 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9258 const struct event_location
*location
,
9259 const char *cond_string
,
9260 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9262 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9264 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9265 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9266 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9269 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9270 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9273 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9275 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9277 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9278 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9279 extra_string
= NULL
;
9283 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9285 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9287 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9289 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9291 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9294 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9295 throw_exception (e
);
9297 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9299 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9300 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9301 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9302 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9303 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9306 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9307 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9308 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9309 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9313 throw_exception (e
);
9317 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9320 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9321 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9322 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9323 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9324 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9326 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9327 are ok for the target. */
9330 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9331 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9334 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9335 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9337 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9338 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9341 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9342 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9346 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9347 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9354 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9356 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9357 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9358 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9359 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9361 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9362 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9363 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9364 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9368 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9369 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9370 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9372 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9374 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9375 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9377 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9380 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9381 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9382 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9384 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9385 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9386 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9390 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9392 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9393 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9396 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9399 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9400 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9404 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9405 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9406 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9407 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9408 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9409 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9410 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9411 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9412 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9414 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9417 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9419 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9420 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9421 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9424 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9426 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9428 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9429 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9434 /* Set a breakpoint.
9435 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9436 condition, and thread.
9437 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9438 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9442 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9444 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9445 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9446 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9448 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9450 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9452 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9453 if (location
!= NULL
9454 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9455 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9457 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9459 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9461 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9462 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9463 0 /* Ignore count */,
9464 pending_break_support
,
9472 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9475 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9479 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9481 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9482 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9483 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9486 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9487 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9488 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9489 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9492 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9494 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9495 const struct block
*b
;
9498 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9499 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9502 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9505 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9506 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9511 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9512 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9513 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9514 happen in assembly source). */
9516 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9517 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9519 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9521 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9528 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9530 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9534 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9536 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9540 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9542 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9546 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9548 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9552 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9554 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9555 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9556 stop at <line>\n"));
9560 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9564 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9566 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9568 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9571 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9572 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9573 function/method name. */
9574 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9576 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9581 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9583 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9587 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9589 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9593 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9597 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9601 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9604 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9605 it is probably a line number. */
9606 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9608 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9613 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9615 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9619 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9621 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9624 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9625 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9626 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9630 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9632 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9634 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9635 the next character must be ','. */
9638 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9639 error (_("Format string required"));
9642 /* Skip the comma. */
9647 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9649 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9651 0 /* Ignore count */,
9652 pending_break_support
,
9653 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9661 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9663 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9666 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9667 ranged breakpoints. */
9670 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9671 const address_space
*aspace
,
9673 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9675 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9676 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9679 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9680 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9683 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9684 ranged breakpoints. */
9687 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9689 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9692 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9693 ranged breakpoints. */
9695 static enum print_stop_action
9696 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9698 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9699 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9700 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9702 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9704 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9705 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9707 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9709 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9711 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9712 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9714 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9715 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9717 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9718 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9719 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9721 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9724 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9727 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9728 ranged breakpoints. */
9731 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9732 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9734 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9735 struct value_print_options opts
;
9736 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9738 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9739 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9741 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9743 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9744 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9745 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9746 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9748 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9752 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9753 ranged breakpoints. */
9756 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9757 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9759 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9760 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9765 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9766 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9768 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9769 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9770 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9771 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9772 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9776 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9777 ranged breakpoints. */
9780 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9782 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9783 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9786 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9788 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9789 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9790 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9793 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9794 ranged breakpoints. */
9797 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9799 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9800 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9801 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9802 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9805 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9807 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9809 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9810 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9811 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9812 last instruction of the given line. */
9815 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9819 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9820 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9821 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9828 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9830 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9832 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9839 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9842 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9844 const char *arg_start
;
9845 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9846 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9848 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9850 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9851 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9852 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9854 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9855 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9856 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9859 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9861 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9862 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9863 error(_("No address range specified."));
9866 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9868 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9871 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9872 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9873 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9875 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9877 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9878 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9879 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9881 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9882 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9884 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9885 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9887 /* Parse the end location. */
9891 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9892 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9893 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9894 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9895 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9896 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9898 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9899 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9900 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9902 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9903 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9905 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9906 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9907 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9908 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9910 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9912 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9913 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9914 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9916 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9918 /* Length overflowed. */
9919 error (_("Address range too large."));
9920 else if (length
== 1)
9922 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9923 the `hbreak' command. */
9924 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9929 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9930 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9931 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9932 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9933 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9934 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9935 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9936 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9937 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9940 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9941 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9944 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9945 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9946 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9950 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9958 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9959 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9962 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9972 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9973 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9974 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9975 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9976 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9978 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10004 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10007 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10008 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10013 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10014 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10015 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10016 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10017 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10018 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10019 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10021 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10022 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10027 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10029 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10030 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10031 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10032 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10034 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10035 are always constant. */
10037 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10039 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10040 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10041 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10046 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10047 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10048 then it is not a constant. */
10057 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10059 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10061 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10062 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10065 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10068 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10070 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10072 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10073 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10075 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10076 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10077 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10078 are loaded and unloaded.
10080 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10081 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10082 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10083 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10084 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10085 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10087 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10088 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10089 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10090 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10092 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10093 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10095 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10096 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10097 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10100 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10103 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10105 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10106 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10108 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10109 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10112 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10115 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10117 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10118 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10120 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10121 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10125 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10126 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10127 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10129 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10130 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10132 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10133 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10134 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10135 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10136 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10137 (did not match the data address). */
10138 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10139 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10146 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10148 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10150 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10153 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10154 hardware watchpoints. */
10157 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10159 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10160 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10162 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10165 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10166 hardware watchpoints. */
10169 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10171 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10172 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10175 static enum print_stop_action
10176 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10178 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10179 enum print_stop_action result
;
10180 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10181 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10183 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10185 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10186 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10188 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10189 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10193 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10196 case bp_watchpoint
:
10197 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10198 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10199 uiout
->field_string
10200 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10202 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10203 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10204 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10205 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10206 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10207 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10208 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10209 uiout
->text ("\n");
10210 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10211 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10214 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10215 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10216 uiout
->field_string
10217 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10219 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10220 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10221 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10222 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10223 uiout
->text ("\n");
10224 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10227 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10228 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10230 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10231 uiout
->field_string
10233 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10235 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10236 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10237 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10238 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10239 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10244 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10245 uiout
->field_string
10247 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10248 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10249 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10251 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10252 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10253 uiout
->text ("\n");
10254 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10257 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10263 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10267 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10269 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10270 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10271 const char *tuple_name
;
10275 case bp_watchpoint
:
10276 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10277 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10279 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10280 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10281 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10283 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10284 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10285 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10287 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10288 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10289 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10292 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10293 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10296 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10297 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10298 uiout
->text (": ");
10299 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10302 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10306 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10308 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10312 case bp_watchpoint
:
10313 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10316 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10317 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10319 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10320 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10323 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10324 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10327 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10328 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10331 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10335 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10337 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10338 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10339 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10345 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10347 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10349 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10350 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10353 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10355 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10357 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10358 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10361 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10362 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10365 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10367 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10369 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10370 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10373 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10374 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10377 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10379 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10381 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10384 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10385 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10388 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10393 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10394 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10396 static enum print_stop_action
10397 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10399 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10400 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10402 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10403 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10405 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10406 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10410 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10411 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10412 uiout
->field_string
10413 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10416 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10417 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10418 uiout
->field_string
10419 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10422 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10423 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10424 uiout
->field_string
10426 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10429 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10430 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10434 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10435 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10436 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10437 uiout
->text ("\n");
10439 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10440 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10443 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10444 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10447 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10448 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10450 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10452 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10453 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10455 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10456 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10457 uiout
->text ("\n");
10460 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10461 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10464 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10466 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10467 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10468 const char *tuple_name
;
10472 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10473 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10474 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10476 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10477 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10478 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10480 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10481 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10482 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10485 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10486 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10489 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10490 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10491 uiout
->text (": ");
10492 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10495 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10496 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10499 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10501 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10506 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10509 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10512 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10513 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10516 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10517 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10520 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10522 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10525 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10527 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10529 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10532 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10534 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10537 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10538 hw_read: watch read,
10539 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10541 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10542 int just_location
, int internal
)
10544 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10545 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10546 struct value
*mark
, *result
;
10547 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10548 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10549 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10550 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10552 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10553 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10554 enum bptype bp_type
;
10557 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10558 the hardware watchpoint. */
10560 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10562 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10563 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10565 const char *value_start
;
10567 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10569 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10570 of the arguments string. */
10571 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10573 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10574 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10577 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10578 This is the value of the parameter. */
10579 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10581 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10583 /* Skip whitespace. */
10584 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10589 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10590 This is the parameter itself. */
10591 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10594 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10596 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10598 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10599 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10600 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10601 only in a specific thread. */
10605 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10607 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10608 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10610 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10611 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10612 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10614 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10616 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10618 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10619 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10621 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10624 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10626 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10628 mark
= value_mark ();
10629 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10630 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10631 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10634 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10637 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10638 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10645 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10646 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10648 innermost_block
.reset ();
10649 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10650 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10651 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10653 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10654 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10656 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10659 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10660 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10664 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10665 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10667 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10670 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10671 mark
= value_mark ();
10672 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10673 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10676 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10678 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10679 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10687 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10688 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10689 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10693 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10696 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10697 else if (ret
== -2)
10698 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10701 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10702 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10704 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10705 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10707 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10708 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10710 innermost_block
.reset ();
10711 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10712 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10714 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10715 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10716 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10721 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10723 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10725 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10727 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10729 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10730 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10731 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10732 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10733 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10735 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10737 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10739 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10740 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10743 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10744 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10745 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10747 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10750 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10752 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10753 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10755 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10756 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10758 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10759 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10760 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10761 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10762 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10763 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10764 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10768 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10769 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10770 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10771 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10773 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10774 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10775 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10776 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10778 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10780 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10783 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10784 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10786 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10787 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10788 w
->thread
= thread
;
10789 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10790 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10791 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10792 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10793 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10796 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10797 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10799 w
->exp_string_reparse
10800 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10802 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10803 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10806 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10810 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10815 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10816 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10821 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10823 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10825 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10827 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10828 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10832 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10833 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10836 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10838 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10839 need to act on them together. */
10840 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10841 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10844 if (!just_location
)
10845 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10847 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10848 that should be inserted. */
10849 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10851 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10854 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10855 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10858 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10860 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10862 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10863 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10866 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10867 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10869 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10870 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10871 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10872 hardware watchpoint.
10874 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10875 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10876 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10877 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10878 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10879 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10880 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10881 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10882 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10884 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10885 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10886 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10887 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10888 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10890 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10892 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10894 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10895 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10896 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10897 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10898 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10899 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10903 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10904 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10905 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10907 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10908 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10909 middle of some value chain. */
10911 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10912 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10914 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10918 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10919 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10920 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10922 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10926 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10930 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10931 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10932 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10933 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10934 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10937 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10938 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10939 return found_memory_cnt
;
10943 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10945 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10948 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10949 calls watch_command_1. */
10952 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10954 int just_location
= 0;
10957 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10958 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10960 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10964 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10968 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10970 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10974 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10976 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10980 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10982 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10986 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10988 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10992 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10994 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10998 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10999 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11002 struct until_break_fsm
11004 /* The base class. */
11005 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11007 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11010 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11011 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11013 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11015 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11018 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11019 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11020 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11021 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11022 static enum async_reply_reason
11023 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11025 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11027 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11030 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11031 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11032 NULL
, /* return_value */
11033 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11036 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11038 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11039 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11040 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
11041 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
11043 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11045 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11046 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11048 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11049 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
.release ();
11050 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
.release ();
11055 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11056 until(location)/advance commands. */
11059 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11060 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11062 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11064 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11065 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11066 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11067 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11068 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11069 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11074 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11075 until(location)/advance commands. */
11078 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11079 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11081 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11083 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11084 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11086 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11087 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11089 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11091 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11092 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11094 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11097 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11098 until(location)/advance commands. */
11100 static enum async_reply_reason
11101 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11103 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11107 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11109 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11110 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11111 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11112 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11113 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11115 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11116 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11118 clear_proceed_status (0);
11120 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11123 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11125 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11126 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11127 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11128 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11129 get_last_displayed_line ())
11130 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11131 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11133 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11134 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11136 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11139 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11141 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11143 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11144 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11146 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11148 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11149 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11150 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11153 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11154 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11155 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11156 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11158 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11161 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11162 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11164 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11165 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11167 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11168 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11169 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11170 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11175 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11176 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11179 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11182 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11184 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11185 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11186 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11187 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11189 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11190 only at the very same frame. */
11191 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11192 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11194 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11195 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11196 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11197 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11199 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11201 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11204 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11205 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11207 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11208 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11209 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11210 if clause in the arg string. */
11213 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11215 const char *cond_string
;
11217 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11220 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11223 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11224 condition string. */
11225 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11226 cond_string
= *arg
;
11228 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11230 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11232 return cond_string
;
11235 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11236 process start/exit, etc. */
11240 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11241 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11246 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11247 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11249 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11250 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11251 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11254 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11255 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11256 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11260 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11262 /* The allowed syntax is:
11264 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11266 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11267 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11269 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11270 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11272 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11273 and enable reporting of such events. */
11276 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11277 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11278 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11279 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11281 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11282 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11283 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11284 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11287 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11293 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11294 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11296 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11298 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11300 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11304 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11306 /* The allowed syntax is:
11308 catch exec if <cond>
11310 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11311 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11313 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11314 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11316 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11317 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11318 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11319 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11321 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11325 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11326 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11327 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11328 const char *addr_string
,
11329 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11336 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11338 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11340 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11341 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11342 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11343 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11344 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11345 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11346 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11347 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11348 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11349 enough for now, though. */
11352 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11354 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11355 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11356 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11357 language_def (language_ada
));
11358 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11362 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11364 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11369 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11371 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11374 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11377 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11379 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11380 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11382 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11384 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11387 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11391 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11394 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11397 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11399 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11402 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11403 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11404 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11408 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11409 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11410 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11412 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11416 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11417 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11418 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11419 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11420 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11421 error (_("No source file specified."));
11427 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11428 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11429 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11430 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11432 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11433 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11434 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11435 due to optimization, all in one block.
11437 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11438 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11439 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11440 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11441 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11442 to support that. */
11444 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11445 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11446 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11449 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11450 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11452 const char *sal_fullname
;
11454 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11455 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11456 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11459 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11464 1 0 <can't happen> */
11466 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11467 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11469 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11470 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11473 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11474 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11476 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11477 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11479 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11480 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11481 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11483 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11484 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11485 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11486 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11487 int line_match
= 0;
11489 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11490 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11491 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11492 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11493 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11494 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11495 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11498 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11507 found
.push_back (b
);
11511 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11512 if (found
.empty ())
11515 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11517 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11520 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11521 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11522 [] (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11524 return compare_breakpoints (a
, b
) < 0;
11526 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11527 [] (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11529 return compare_breakpoints (a
, b
) == 0;
11533 if (found
.size () > 1)
11534 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11537 if (found
.size () == 1)
11538 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11540 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11543 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11546 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11547 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11550 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11553 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11554 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11555 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11558 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11560 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11562 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11563 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11564 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11566 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11568 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11570 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11571 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11575 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11576 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11577 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11578 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11579 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11580 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11583 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11585 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11586 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11588 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11589 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11591 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11592 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11595 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11596 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11597 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11599 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11600 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11601 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11603 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11604 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11605 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11607 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11608 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11609 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11611 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11614 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11615 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11616 content of the bp_locations array. */
11619 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11621 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11623 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11624 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11626 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11628 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11630 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11633 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11634 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11636 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11637 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11638 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11639 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11641 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11643 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11644 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11645 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11646 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11650 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11653 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11656 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11658 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11660 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11662 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11663 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11664 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11666 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11667 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11668 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11671 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11673 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11674 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11676 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11679 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11682 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11684 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11685 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11686 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11687 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11690 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11692 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11695 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11697 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11698 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11699 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11700 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11704 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11707 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11709 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11710 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11711 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11712 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11714 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11715 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11716 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11717 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11718 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11720 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11721 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11722 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11723 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11724 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11725 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11726 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11727 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11730 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11731 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11732 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11736 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11738 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11739 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11740 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11743 address
= bl
->address
;
11744 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11746 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11747 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11748 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11750 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11751 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11754 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11755 the same program space as the location
11756 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11757 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11762 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11763 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11766 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11767 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11768 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11769 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11770 that have already been marked. */
11771 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11773 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11775 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11778 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11779 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11780 locations are duplicate of which.
11782 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11783 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11787 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11789 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11790 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11791 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11792 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11793 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11794 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11796 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11797 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11798 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11799 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11800 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11802 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11803 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11804 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11805 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11807 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11808 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11809 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11810 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11811 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11813 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11814 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11815 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11817 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11818 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11819 bp_locations_count
++;
11821 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11822 locp
= bp_locations
;
11823 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11824 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11826 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
11827 bp_locations_compare
);
11829 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11831 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11832 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11833 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11834 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11835 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11838 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11839 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11841 locp
= bp_locations
;
11842 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11843 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11846 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11847 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11849 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11850 not, we have to free it. */
11851 int found_object
= 0;
11852 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11853 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11856 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11857 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11858 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11859 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11863 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11864 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11867 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11868 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11869 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11871 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11872 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11873 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11875 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11876 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11879 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11883 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11884 have to go through updates again. */
11885 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11887 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11889 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11891 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11892 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11893 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11894 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11895 at certain location is not inserted. */
11897 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11899 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11902 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11904 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11905 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11906 keep_in_target
= 1;
11910 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11911 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11912 remove its target-side condition. */
11914 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11915 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11916 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11917 this one from the target. */
11919 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11920 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
11923 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11924 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11927 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11929 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11931 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11932 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11933 supported, but the latter are. */
11934 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11936 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11937 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11940 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11941 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11943 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11944 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11946 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11947 keep_in_target
= 1;
11955 if (!keep_in_target
)
11957 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11959 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11960 this location on the global list, and try to
11961 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11962 reason why we will succeed next time.
11964 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11965 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11966 only after calling us. */
11967 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11968 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11969 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11977 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11978 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11980 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11981 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11982 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11983 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11984 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11985 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11986 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11987 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11988 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11989 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11990 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11991 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11992 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11993 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11996 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11997 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11999 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12000 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12001 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12002 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12003 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12004 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12005 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12006 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12007 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12008 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12009 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12010 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12011 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12014 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12015 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12016 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12017 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12019 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12020 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12021 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12022 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12023 traps we can no longer explain. */
12025 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12026 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12028 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12032 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12033 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12038 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12039 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12040 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12041 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12042 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12043 are sorted first for the same address.
12045 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12046 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12048 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12049 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12050 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12051 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12052 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12054 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12056 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12059 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12060 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12061 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12062 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12063 `struct bp_location'. */
12064 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12066 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12067 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12071 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12072 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12073 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12074 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12075 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12076 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12078 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12080 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12081 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12082 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12084 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12085 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12087 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12089 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12090 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12091 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12097 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12098 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12099 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12101 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12102 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12104 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12105 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12108 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12110 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12111 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12114 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12115 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12116 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12117 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12118 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12120 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12124 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12125 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12129 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12131 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12134 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12135 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12137 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12138 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12144 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12149 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12151 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12157 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12160 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12164 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12165 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12167 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12168 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12169 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12173 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12175 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12177 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12179 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12183 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12187 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12189 struct value_print_options opts
;
12191 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12193 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12195 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12197 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12198 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12199 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12200 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12202 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12203 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12205 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12207 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12208 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12213 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12214 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12220 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12222 printf_filtered (" at ");
12223 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12226 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12228 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12230 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12231 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12232 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12233 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12235 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12236 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12237 real situation somewhat. */
12238 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12239 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12244 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12246 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12248 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12253 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12256 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12258 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12261 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12266 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12268 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12270 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12271 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12272 xfree (this->filter
);
12275 static struct bp_location
*
12276 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12278 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12282 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12284 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12287 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12288 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12291 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12293 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12297 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12298 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12300 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12304 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12305 const address_space
*aspace
,
12307 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12309 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12313 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12318 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12322 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12324 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12327 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12331 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12333 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12336 static enum print_stop_action
12337 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12339 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12343 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12344 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12350 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12352 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12356 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12358 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12362 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12363 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12364 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12365 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12367 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12371 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12372 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12373 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12374 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12375 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12376 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12378 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12379 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12380 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12381 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12383 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12386 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12387 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12388 const struct event_location
*location
,
12389 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12391 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12394 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12397 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12402 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12405 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12407 /* Nothing to do. */
12410 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12412 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12413 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12414 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12415 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12416 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12417 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12418 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12419 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12420 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12422 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12423 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12424 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12425 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12426 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12427 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12428 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12429 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12432 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12435 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12437 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12438 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12440 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12441 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12445 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12449 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12451 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12453 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12454 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12456 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12457 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12459 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12463 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12465 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12466 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12468 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12472 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12473 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12474 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12476 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12477 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12480 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12484 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12485 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12486 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12493 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12494 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12495 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12497 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12498 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12500 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12501 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12502 be set at the same address. */
12506 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12510 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12512 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12517 static enum print_stop_action
12518 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12520 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12521 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12523 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12525 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12527 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12528 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12530 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12531 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12532 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12535 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12536 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12539 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12541 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12542 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12544 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12545 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12546 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12548 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12549 uiout
->text (", ");
12551 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12555 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12557 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12562 case bp_breakpoint
:
12563 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12564 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12565 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12567 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12568 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12569 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12570 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12572 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12573 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12576 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12584 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12586 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12587 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12588 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12589 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12590 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12591 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12592 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12593 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12594 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12596 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12597 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12599 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12600 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12602 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12603 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12604 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12605 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12607 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12611 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12612 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12613 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12615 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12619 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12620 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12621 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12622 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12623 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12624 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12626 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12627 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12628 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12629 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12631 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12632 std::move (cond_string
),
12633 std::move (extra_string
),
12635 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12636 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12637 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12640 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12641 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12642 const struct event_location
*location
,
12643 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12645 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12648 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12651 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12655 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12656 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12657 case bp_overlay_event
:
12658 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12659 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12660 case bp_exception_master
:
12661 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12664 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12665 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12666 case bp_shlib_event
:
12668 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12669 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12670 case bp_thread_event
:
12676 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12678 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12680 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12681 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12682 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12683 objects (among other things). */
12684 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12685 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12691 static enum print_stop_action
12692 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12694 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12696 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12700 case bp_shlib_event
:
12701 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12702 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12703 to shlib event" message.) */
12704 print_solib_event (0);
12707 case bp_thread_event
:
12708 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12709 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12710 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12713 case bp_overlay_event
:
12714 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12715 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12718 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12719 /* These should never be enabled. */
12720 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12723 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12724 /* These should never be enabled. */
12725 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12726 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12729 case bp_exception_master
:
12730 /* These should never be enabled. */
12731 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12732 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12736 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12740 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12742 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12745 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12748 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12750 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12751 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12752 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12753 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12757 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12759 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12762 static enum print_stop_action
12763 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12765 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12769 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12771 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12774 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12776 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12777 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12779 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12781 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12784 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12787 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12790 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12792 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12796 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12798 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12805 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12806 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12808 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12809 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12811 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12815 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12816 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12817 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12819 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12821 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12823 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12824 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12827 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12828 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12829 const struct event_location
*location
,
12830 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12832 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12834 error (_("probe not found"));
12838 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12841 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12843 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12847 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12848 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12849 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12851 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12857 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12858 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12860 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12861 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12863 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12865 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12866 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12867 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12868 uiout
->text ("\n");
12873 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12875 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12880 case bp_tracepoint
:
12881 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12882 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12884 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12885 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12886 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12888 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12889 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12890 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12893 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12894 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12901 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12903 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12905 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12906 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12907 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12908 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12909 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12910 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12912 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12913 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12915 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12916 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12917 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12919 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12924 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12925 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12926 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12928 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12932 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12933 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12934 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12935 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12936 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12937 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12939 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12940 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12941 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12942 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12944 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12945 std::move (cond_string
),
12946 std::move (extra_string
),
12948 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12949 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12950 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12953 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12954 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12955 const struct event_location
*location
,
12956 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12958 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12961 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12963 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12967 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12968 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12969 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12970 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12972 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12973 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12976 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12977 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12978 const struct event_location
*location
,
12979 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12981 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12982 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12985 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
12987 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12990 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12992 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12994 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12995 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12997 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12998 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12999 3 - disconnect from target 1
13000 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13002 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13003 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13004 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13005 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13006 it all the time. */
13007 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13008 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13011 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13014 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13016 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13017 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13019 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13022 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13025 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13026 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13027 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13028 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13029 address are all handled. */
13032 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13034 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13035 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13037 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13038 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13039 condition not be evaluated. */
13042 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13043 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13044 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13045 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13046 commands here throws. */
13047 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13048 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13050 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13052 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13053 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13057 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13061 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13062 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13063 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13065 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13066 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13068 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13069 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13071 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13072 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13073 canonical
->location
13074 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13077 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13078 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13082 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13083 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13084 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13085 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13086 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13087 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13089 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13090 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13091 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13092 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13094 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13096 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13097 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13098 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13099 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13100 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13101 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13103 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13105 event_location_up location
13106 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13108 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13109 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13110 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13111 std::move (cond_string
),
13112 std::move (extra_string
),
13113 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13114 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13115 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13116 canonical
->special_display
);
13117 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13118 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13119 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13120 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13121 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13122 corresponds to this one */
13123 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13125 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13129 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13130 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13131 const struct event_location
*location
,
13132 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13134 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13135 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13137 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13138 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13140 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13145 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13148 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13151 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13153 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13156 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13160 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13162 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13164 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13166 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13167 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13170 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13171 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13172 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13173 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13174 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13177 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13178 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13179 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13180 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13182 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13185 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13186 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13187 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13189 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13190 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13192 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13193 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13194 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13195 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13199 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13201 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13202 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13203 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13204 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13205 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13208 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13209 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13210 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13211 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13213 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13215 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13216 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13218 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13219 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13221 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13225 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13227 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13228 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13229 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13230 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13231 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13232 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13233 commands won't work. */
13235 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13237 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13238 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13239 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13240 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13241 might be better design to have location completely
13242 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13243 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13245 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13246 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13247 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13251 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13252 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13255 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13256 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13258 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13263 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13265 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13266 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13268 if (next
== related
)
13270 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13271 function (related
);
13273 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13274 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13279 function (related
);
13283 while (related
!= b
);
13287 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13289 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13295 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13297 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13298 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13299 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13301 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13303 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13307 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13309 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13311 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13312 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13313 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13317 map_breakpoint_numbers
13318 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13320 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
13324 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13325 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13329 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13331 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13333 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13334 if ((pspace
== NULL
13335 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13336 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13337 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13342 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13343 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13344 Null names are ignored. */
13347 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13349 struct bp_location
*l
;
13350 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13353 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13356 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13358 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13362 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13364 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13368 htab_delete (htab
);
13374 htab_delete (htab
);
13378 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13379 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13380 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13381 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13382 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13383 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13384 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13385 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13388 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13389 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13390 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13391 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13392 in the sources, and output a warning.
13394 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13395 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13396 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13397 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13398 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13401 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13402 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13403 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13404 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13405 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13406 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13407 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13408 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13409 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13411 static struct symtab_and_line
13412 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13414 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13415 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13420 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13422 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13424 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13425 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13426 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13427 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13429 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13434 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13436 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13438 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13439 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13441 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13442 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13443 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13445 if (!markers
.empty ())
13447 struct symbol
*sym
;
13448 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13449 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13450 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13452 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13454 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13456 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13457 "found at previous line number"),
13458 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13460 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13461 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13462 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13465 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13466 uiout
->text (" at ");
13468 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13469 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13472 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13474 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13476 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13479 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13480 uiout
->text ("\n");
13482 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13483 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13485 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13486 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13487 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13488 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13489 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13490 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13491 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13493 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13500 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13501 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13504 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13508 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13511 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13514 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13521 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13527 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13528 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13529 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13531 static struct bp_location
*
13532 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13534 struct bp_location head
;
13535 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13536 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13537 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13539 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13550 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13565 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13566 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13567 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13568 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13572 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13573 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13574 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13575 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13577 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13579 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13581 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13583 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13584 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13585 "multiple locations found\n"),
13590 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13591 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13592 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13593 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13594 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13595 individual locations. */
13596 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13599 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13601 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13603 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13605 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13607 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13609 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13611 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13615 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13618 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13619 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13622 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13624 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13625 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13626 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13627 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13632 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13634 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13636 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13640 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13643 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13644 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13645 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13646 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13647 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13648 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13649 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13651 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13653 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13655 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13656 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13658 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13659 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13667 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13668 if (l
->function_name
13669 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13679 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13680 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13683 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13684 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13686 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13687 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13688 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13690 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
13692 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13694 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13698 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13700 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13702 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13706 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13707 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13708 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13709 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13710 state, then user already saw the message about that
13711 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13713 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13714 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13716 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13717 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13718 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13719 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13720 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13721 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13723 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13725 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13726 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13727 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13728 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13729 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13730 which approach is better. */
13731 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13732 throw_exception (e
);
13737 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13739 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13740 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13741 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13743 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13746 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13747 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13749 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13751 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13752 b
->thread
= thread
;
13756 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13757 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13759 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13762 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13763 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13773 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13774 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13778 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13780 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13781 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13784 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13785 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13787 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13789 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13791 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13792 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13793 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13795 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13798 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13801 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13802 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13805 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13806 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13807 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13809 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13812 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13813 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13817 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13818 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13819 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13820 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13821 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13822 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13824 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13825 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13826 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13827 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13829 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13830 std::move (cond_string
),
13831 std::move (extra_string
),
13832 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13833 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13834 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13837 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13838 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13840 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13841 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13842 const struct event_location
*location
,
13843 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13845 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13847 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13848 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
13849 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13852 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13853 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13855 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13857 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13858 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13863 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13866 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13868 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13869 set_language (b
->language
);
13871 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13874 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13875 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13878 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13880 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13883 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13884 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13885 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13887 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13888 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13889 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13890 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13892 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13896 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13898 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
13900 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13901 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13907 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13910 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13911 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13912 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13913 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13915 /* Now we can insert. */
13916 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13919 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13921 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13922 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13924 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13926 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13928 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
13929 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
13931 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13932 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13933 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13935 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13939 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13940 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13941 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13944 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13946 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13951 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13952 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13954 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13956 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13957 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13962 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13966 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13967 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13969 else if (count
== 1)
13970 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13973 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13974 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13977 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13981 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13984 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13987 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13989 const char *p
= args
;
13993 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13995 num
= get_number (&p
);
13997 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13999 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14001 set_ignore_count (num
,
14002 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14005 printf_filtered ("\n");
14009 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14010 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14013 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
14014 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14016 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
14018 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14019 bp_num_range
.first
);
14023 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14025 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
14027 bool match
= false;
14029 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14030 if (b
->number
== i
)
14037 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
14042 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14046 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14047 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14049 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14050 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14052 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14054 while (!parser
.finished ())
14056 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
14057 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
14061 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14062 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14064 static struct bp_location
*
14065 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14067 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14069 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14070 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14075 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14076 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14079 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14082 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14083 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14086 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14089 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14090 enum class extract_bp_kind
14092 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14095 /* Extracting a location number. */
14099 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14100 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14101 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14102 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14103 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14106 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14107 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14109 const char *end
= start
;
14110 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14112 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14113 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14114 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14115 int (end
- start
), start
);
14117 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14118 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14119 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14120 int (end
- start
), start
);
14122 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14127 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14128 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14129 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14130 are always positive integers. */
14132 static std::pair
<int, int>
14133 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14134 const std::string
&arg
,
14135 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14137 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14138 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14139 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14140 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14142 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14143 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14144 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14145 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14146 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14150 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14151 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14152 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14153 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14155 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14156 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14157 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14158 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14159 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14163 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14164 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14165 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14170 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14171 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14174 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14176 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14177 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14178 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14179 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14180 location number range.
14184 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14185 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14186 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14188 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14190 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14192 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14194 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14195 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14198 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14199 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14201 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14206 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14208 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14209 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14210 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14214 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14215 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14218 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14220 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14223 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14225 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14226 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14228 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14229 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14230 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14231 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14233 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14236 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14237 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14238 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14239 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14243 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14244 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14247 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14248 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14251 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14252 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14253 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14256 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14258 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14259 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14260 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14261 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14264 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14266 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14267 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14269 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14270 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14272 struct bp_location
*location
;
14274 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14275 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14278 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14280 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14283 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14284 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14285 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14286 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14289 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14293 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14296 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14299 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14301 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14306 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14308 while (!num
.empty ())
14310 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14312 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14314 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14315 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14317 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14318 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14320 ? enable_breakpoint
14321 : disable_breakpoint
);
14325 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14327 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14328 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14330 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14335 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14336 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14337 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14338 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14341 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14343 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14347 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14350 int target_resources_ok
;
14352 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14355 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14356 target_resources_ok
=
14357 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14359 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14360 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14361 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14362 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14365 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14367 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14368 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14372 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14374 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14375 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14376 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14378 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14380 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14381 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14388 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14390 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14391 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14393 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14394 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14396 struct bp_location
*location
;
14398 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14399 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14402 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14403 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14404 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14406 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14411 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14413 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14416 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14417 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14418 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14419 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14422 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14424 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14428 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14430 map_breakpoint_numbers
14431 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14433 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14434 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14436 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14442 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14447 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14449 count
= get_number (&args
);
14451 map_breakpoint_numbers
14452 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14454 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14455 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14457 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14463 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14465 map_breakpoint_numbers
14466 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14468 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14469 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14471 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14477 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14482 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14486 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14487 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14491 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14492 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14493 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14495 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14497 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14498 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14499 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14501 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14503 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14505 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14507 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14508 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14509 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14510 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14519 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14522 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14523 const address_space
*aspace
,
14526 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14527 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14528 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14530 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14532 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14533 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14536 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14538 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14539 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14540 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14542 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14545 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14548 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14550 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14551 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14553 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14555 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14557 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14558 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14560 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14561 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14569 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14572 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14573 const address_space
*aspace
,
14576 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14578 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14580 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14586 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14590 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14593 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14595 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14597 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14598 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14604 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14606 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14608 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14610 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14611 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14615 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14617 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14619 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14621 if (location
!= NULL
14622 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14623 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14625 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14627 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14629 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14631 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14632 0 /* Ignore count */,
14633 pending_break_support
,
14637 0 /* internal */, 0);
14641 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14643 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14645 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14647 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14649 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14650 0 /* Ignore count */,
14651 pending_break_support
,
14652 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14655 0 /* internal */, 0);
14658 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14661 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14663 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14664 event_location_up location
;
14666 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14667 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14668 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14670 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14671 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14675 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14676 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14679 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14681 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14683 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14684 0 /* Ignore count */,
14685 pending_break_support
,
14689 0 /* internal */, 0);
14692 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14693 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14695 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14696 static int next_cmd
;
14699 read_uploaded_action (void)
14701 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14703 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14705 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
];
14712 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14713 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14714 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14715 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14716 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14718 struct tracepoint
*
14719 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14721 const char *addr_str
;
14722 char small_buf
[100];
14723 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14725 if (utp
->at_string
)
14726 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
14729 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14730 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14731 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14733 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14734 "source location, using raw address"),
14736 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14737 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14740 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14741 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14742 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14743 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14746 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14748 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14750 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
14751 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14753 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14754 0 /* Ignore count */,
14755 pending_break_support
,
14756 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14758 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14760 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14763 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14764 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14765 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14769 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14772 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14775 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14776 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14777 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14779 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14781 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14786 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
14788 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14790 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14791 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14792 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14793 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14796 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14797 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14798 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14803 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14807 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14809 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14812 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14814 if (num_printed
== 0)
14816 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14817 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14819 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14822 default_collect_info ();
14825 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14826 Not supported by all targets. */
14828 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14830 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14833 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14834 Not supported by all targets. */
14836 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14838 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14841 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14843 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14845 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14851 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14853 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14854 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14855 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14857 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14858 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14860 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14864 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14866 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14868 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14869 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14870 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14874 map_breakpoint_numbers
14875 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14877 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
14881 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14884 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14886 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14887 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14889 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14890 tp
->number
, count
);
14893 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14895 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14896 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14897 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14900 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14902 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14905 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14906 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14907 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14909 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14911 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14912 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14914 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14916 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14918 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14920 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14922 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14923 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14926 else if (*args
== '\0')
14928 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14930 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14934 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14935 while (!parser
.finished ())
14937 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14939 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14944 struct tracepoint
*
14945 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14947 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14949 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14950 if (t
->number
== num
)
14951 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14956 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14957 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14960 struct tracepoint
*
14961 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14963 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14965 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14967 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14969 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14976 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14977 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14978 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14979 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14981 struct tracepoint
*
14982 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14983 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14985 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14987 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14989 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14991 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14992 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14994 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14995 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14997 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15001 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15002 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15005 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15009 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15010 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15012 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15015 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15020 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15022 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15023 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15026 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15028 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15031 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15032 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15033 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15037 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15038 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15040 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15042 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15044 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15045 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15047 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15050 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15051 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15054 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15055 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15060 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15062 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15064 /* We can stop searching. */
15071 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15075 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15079 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15080 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15081 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15083 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15084 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15086 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15088 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15089 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15092 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15093 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15096 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15098 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15099 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15102 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15103 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15105 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15106 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15108 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15110 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15112 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15115 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15117 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15119 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15120 throw_exception (ex
);
15124 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15125 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15128 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15129 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15131 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15132 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15133 special, and not user visible. */
15134 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15136 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15139 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15141 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15145 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15146 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15149 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15152 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15155 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15157 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15160 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15163 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15165 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15168 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15170 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15171 all_tracepoints (void)
15173 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15174 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15176 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15178 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15185 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15186 locations used by several commands. */
15188 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15189 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15190 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15191 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15192 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15193 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15195 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15196 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15197 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15199 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15200 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15201 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15202 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15203 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15205 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15206 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15207 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15208 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15209 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15210 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15212 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15213 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15214 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15217 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15218 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15219 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15220 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15221 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15222 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15223 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15226 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15227 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15229 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15230 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15231 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15232 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15233 conditions are different.\n\
15235 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15237 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15238 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15240 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15241 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15244 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15245 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15246 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15247 void *user_data_catch
,
15248 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15250 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15252 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15254 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15255 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15256 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15258 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15260 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15261 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15262 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15266 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15268 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15269 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15270 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15273 struct breakpoint
*
15274 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15277 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15279 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15281 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15288 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15289 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15292 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15294 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15295 non-inline function. */
15296 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15302 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15303 have been inlined. */
15306 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15307 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15309 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15310 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15312 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15314 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15317 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15319 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15320 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15328 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15331 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15333 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15335 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15336 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15337 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15341 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15343 static int initialized
= 0;
15345 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15351 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15352 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15353 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15354 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15355 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15356 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15357 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15358 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15359 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15360 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15361 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15362 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15364 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15365 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15366 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15367 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15368 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15369 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15370 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15371 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15373 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15374 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15375 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15376 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15377 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15378 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15379 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15380 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15381 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15382 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15384 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15385 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15386 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15387 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15388 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15389 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15390 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15392 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15393 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15394 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15395 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15396 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15397 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15398 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15400 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15401 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15402 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15403 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15404 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15405 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15406 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15409 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15410 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15411 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15412 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15413 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15414 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15415 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15416 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15417 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15418 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15419 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15420 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15421 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15423 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15424 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15425 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15426 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15427 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15428 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15429 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15430 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15431 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15432 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15433 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15436 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15437 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15438 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15439 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15440 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15441 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15442 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15443 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15444 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15445 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15447 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15448 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15449 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15450 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15451 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15453 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15454 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15455 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15456 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15457 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15458 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15460 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15461 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15462 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15463 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15464 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15465 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15466 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15467 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15468 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15469 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15471 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15472 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15473 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15474 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15475 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15476 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15477 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15478 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15479 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15480 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15482 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15483 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15484 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15485 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15486 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15487 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15488 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15489 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15490 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15491 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15493 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15494 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15495 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15496 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15497 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15498 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15499 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15500 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15501 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15502 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15503 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15505 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15506 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15507 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15508 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15509 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15510 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15511 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15512 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15513 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15516 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15518 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15521 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15523 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15525 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15527 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15528 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15529 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15531 breakpoint_objfile_key
15532 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_objfile_data
);
15534 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15535 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15536 before a breakpoint is set. */
15537 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15539 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15541 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15542 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15543 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15545 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15546 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15547 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15548 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15550 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15551 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15552 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15553 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15554 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15556 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15557 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15558 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15559 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15560 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15562 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15563 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15564 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15565 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15566 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15568 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15569 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15571 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15572 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15573 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15574 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15576 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15577 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15579 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15580 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15581 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15582 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15584 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15585 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15587 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15588 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15589 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15590 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15591 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15592 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15593 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15595 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15597 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15598 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15599 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15600 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15601 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15602 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15604 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15605 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15606 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15609 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15610 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15611 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15614 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15615 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15616 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15617 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15620 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15621 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15622 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15625 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15626 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15627 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15630 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15631 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15632 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15633 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15636 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15637 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15638 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15639 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15640 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15641 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15642 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15643 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15645 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15646 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15647 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15648 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15649 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15650 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15653 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15654 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15655 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15656 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15658 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15659 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15660 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15661 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15662 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15664 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15665 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15666 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15667 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15668 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15671 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15672 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15673 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15675 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15676 is executing in.\n"
15677 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15678 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15679 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15681 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15682 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15683 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15684 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15686 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15687 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15688 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15689 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15693 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15694 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15695 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15696 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15697 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15698 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15699 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15700 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15701 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15702 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15703 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15704 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15705 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15706 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15707 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15708 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15710 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15711 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15712 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15713 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15714 breakpoint set."));
15717 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15718 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15719 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15720 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15721 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15722 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15723 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15724 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15725 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15727 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15728 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15729 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15730 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15731 breakpoint set."));
15733 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15735 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15736 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15737 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15738 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15739 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15740 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15741 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15742 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15743 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15744 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15745 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15746 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15747 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15749 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15750 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15751 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15752 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15754 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15756 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15757 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15758 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15759 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15761 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15762 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15763 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15764 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15766 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15767 catch_fork_command_1
,
15769 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15770 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15771 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15772 catch_fork_command_1
,
15774 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15775 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15776 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15777 catch_exec_command_1
,
15781 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15782 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15783 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15784 catch_load_command_1
,
15788 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15789 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15790 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15791 catch_unload_command_1
,
15796 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15797 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15798 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15799 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15800 an expression changes.\n\
15801 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15802 the memory to which it refers."));
15803 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15805 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15806 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15807 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15808 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15809 an expression is read.\n\
15810 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15811 the memory to which it refers."));
15812 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15814 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15815 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15816 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15817 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15818 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15819 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15820 the memory to which it refers."));
15821 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15823 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15824 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15826 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15827 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15828 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15829 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15830 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15831 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15832 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15833 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15834 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15837 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15838 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15840 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15842 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15844 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15845 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15847 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15848 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15849 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15851 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15852 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15853 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15854 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15856 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15857 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15859 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15860 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15861 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15863 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15864 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15866 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15867 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15868 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15869 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15870 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15871 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15872 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15873 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15874 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15876 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15877 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15878 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15879 conditions are different.\n\
15881 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15882 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15883 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15885 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15886 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15887 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15888 last tracepoint set."));
15890 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15892 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15893 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15894 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15895 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15897 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15899 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15900 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15901 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15902 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15904 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15906 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15907 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15908 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15909 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15911 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15913 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15914 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15915 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15916 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15917 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15919 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15920 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15921 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15922 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15924 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15925 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15926 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15927 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15928 session to restore them."),
15930 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15932 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15933 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15934 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15936 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15938 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15939 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15941 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15942 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15943 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15944 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15945 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15946 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15947 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15948 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15949 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15950 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15951 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15952 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15954 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15955 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15956 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15957 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15958 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15959 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15960 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15961 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15963 show_pending_break_support
,
15964 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15965 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15967 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15969 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15970 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15971 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15972 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15973 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15974 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15975 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15977 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15978 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15979 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15981 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15982 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15983 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15984 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15985 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15986 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15987 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15988 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15989 when execution stops."),
15991 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15992 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15993 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15995 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15996 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15997 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15998 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15999 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16000 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16001 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16002 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16003 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16004 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16005 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16006 be set to \"gdb\""),
16007 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16008 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16009 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16010 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16012 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16013 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16014 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16015 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16016 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16017 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16018 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16019 or the start of the range\n\
16020 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16021 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16022 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16024 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16025 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16026 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16028 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16029 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16030 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16031 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16032 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16033 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16035 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16036 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16037 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16038 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16039 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16040 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16041 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16042 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16043 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16044 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16045 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16046 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16048 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16049 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16050 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16051 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16052 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16053 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16054 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16056 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16057 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16058 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16059 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16060 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16061 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16062 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16064 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16065 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16066 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16067 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16068 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16069 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16072 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16074 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16075 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16076 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16078 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16080 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16081 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);